O |
Name | Schema Table | Database | Description | Type | Length | Unit | Default Value | Unified Content Descriptor |
o1Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o1ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the extension number of the O1 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o1mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
ultravistaTileSet |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR6 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20120926 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20140409 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20150108 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160114 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160507 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20170630 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20180419 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20201209 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20231101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20240731 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110909 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20120126 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20121128 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130304 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130805 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140428 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140903 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20150309 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20151218 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160311 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160822 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170109 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170411 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20171101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20180702 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20181120 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20191212 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20210708 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20230816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20240226 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o1mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVv20110718 |
the UID of the relevant offset O1 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o1SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o1SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the running number of the O1 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o1Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o1Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O1 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o2ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the extension number of the O2 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o2mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
ultravistaTileSet |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR6 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20120926 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20140409 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20150108 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160114 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160507 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20170630 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20180419 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20201209 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20231101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20240731 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110909 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20120126 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20121128 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130304 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130805 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140428 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140903 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20150309 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20151218 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160311 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160822 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170109 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170411 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20171101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20180702 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20181120 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20191212 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20210708 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20230816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20240226 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o2mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVv20110718 |
the UID of the relevant offset O2 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o2SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o2SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the running number of the O2 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o2Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o2Xi |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O2 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20180419 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20201209 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20231101 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSv20240731 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEOv20111208 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20111019 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20130417 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20140402 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20150421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20151230 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20160406 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20161202 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGv20170715 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110816 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20110909 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20120126 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20121128 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130304 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20130805 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140428 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20140903 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20150309 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20151218 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160311 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20160822 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170109 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20170411 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20171101 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20180702 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20181120 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20191212 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20210708 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20230816 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCv20240226 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3Eta |
vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+north/-south) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.dec;arith.diff |
o3ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3ExtNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the extension number of the O3 detection |
tinyint |
1 |
|
2 |
meta.id |
o3mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
sharksTileSet |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
ultravistaTileSet |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSDR6 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20120926 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20140409 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20150108 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160114 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20160507 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20170630 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20180419 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20201209 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20231101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vhsTileSet |
VHSv20240731 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEODR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
videoTileSet |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vikingTileSet |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR3 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR4 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20110909 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20120126 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20121128 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130304 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20130805 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140428 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20140903 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20150309 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20151218 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160311 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20160822 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170109 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20170411 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20171101 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20180702 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20181120 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20191212 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20210708 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20230816 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcTileSet |
VMCv20240226 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vmcdeepTileSet |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR1 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR2 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVDR5 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
meta.id;obs.field |
o3mfID |
vvvTileSet |
VVVv20110718 |
the UID of the relevant offset O3 multiframe |
bigint |
8 |
|
|
obs.field |
o3SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
sharksTilePawPrints, sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
ultravistaTilePawPrints, ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20180419 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20201209 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20231101 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20240731 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vhsTilePawPrints, vhsTilePawTDOnly |
VHSDR1 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR3 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR4 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEODR5 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints |
VIDEOv20111208 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
videoTilePawPrints, videoTilePawTDOnly |
VIDEODR2 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR3 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGDR4 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20110714 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20111019 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20130417 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20140402 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20150421 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20151230 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20160406 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20161202 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints |
VIKINGv20170715 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vikingTilePawPrints, vikingTilePawTDOnly |
VIKINGDR2 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR2 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR3 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR4 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCDR5 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110816 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20110909 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20120126 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20121128 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130304 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20130805 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140428 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20140903 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20150309 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20151218 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160311 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20160822 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170109 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20170411 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20171101 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20180702 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20181120 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20191212 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20210708 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20230816 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints |
VMCv20240226 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcTilePawPrints, vmcTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDR1 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints |
VMCDEEPv20240506 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vmcdeepTilePawPrints, vmcdeepTilePawTDOnly |
VMCDEEPv20230713 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR2 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVDR5 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints |
VVVv20110718 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.id |
o3SeqNum |
vvvTilePawPrints, vvvTilePawTDOnly |
VVVDR1 |
the running number of the O3 detection |
int |
4 |
|
-99999999 |
meta.number |
o3Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
sharksTilePawPrints |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210222 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o3Xi |
sharksTilePawTDOnly |
SHARKSv20210421 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o3Xi |
ultravistaTilePawPrints |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
ultravistaTilePawTDOnly |
ULTRAVISTADR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR1 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR2 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR3 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR4 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR5 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSDR6 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20120926 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20130417 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20140409 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20150108 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160114 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20160507 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add WHERE clauses into the SQL sample selection script to exclude all Xi and Eta values larger than the threshold you want. NB: the master position is the position of the detection in the shortest passband in the set, rather than the ra/dec of the source as stored in source attributes of the same name. The former is used in the pairing process, while the latter is generally the optimally weighted mean position from an astrometric solution or other combinatorial process of all individual detection positions across the available passbands. |
o3Xi |
vhsTilePawPrints |
VHSv20170630 |
Offset of O3 detection from master position (+east/-west) |
real |
4 |
arcsec |
-0.9999995e9 |
pos.eq.ra;arith.diff |
When associating individual passband detections into merged sources, a generous (in terms of the positional uncertainties) pairing radius of 1.0 arcseconds is used. Such a large association criterion can of course lead to spurious pairings in the merged sources lists (although note that between passband pairs, handshake pairing is done: both passbands must agree that the candidate pair is their nearest neighbour for the pair to propagate through into the merged source table). In order to help filter spurious pairings out, and assuming that large positional offsets between the different passband detections are not expected (e.g. because of source motion, or larger than usual positional uncertainties) then the attributes Xi and Eta can be used to filter any pairings with suspiciously large offsets in one or more bands. For example, for a clean sample of QSOs from the VHS, you might wish to insist that the offsets in the selected sample are all below 0.5 arcsecond: simply add |